Sema.h revision e9f6f33f0cf98a3e39025a57a0079cd316ed98f8
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 51#include <deque> 52#include <string> 53#include <vector> 54 55namespace llvm { 56 class APSInt; 57 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 58 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 59 class SmallBitVector; 60} 61 62namespace clang { 63 class ADLResult; 64 class ASTConsumer; 65 class ASTContext; 66 class ASTMutationListener; 67 class ASTReader; 68 class ASTWriter; 69 class ArrayType; 70 class AttributeList; 71 class BlockDecl; 72 class CapturedDecl; 73 class CXXBasePath; 74 class CXXBasePaths; 75 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 76 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 77 class CXXConstructorDecl; 78 class CXXConversionDecl; 79 class CXXDestructorDecl; 80 class CXXFieldCollector; 81 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 82 class CXXMethodDecl; 83 class CXXScopeSpec; 84 class CXXTemporary; 85 class CXXTryStmt; 86 class CallExpr; 87 class ClassTemplateDecl; 88 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 89 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 90 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OMPClause; 143 class OverloadCandidateSet; 144 class OverloadExpr; 145 class ParenListExpr; 146 class ParmVarDecl; 147 class Preprocessor; 148 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 149 class PseudoObjectExpr; 150 class QualType; 151 class StandardConversionSequence; 152 class Stmt; 153 class StringLiteral; 154 class SwitchStmt; 155 class TargetAttributesSema; 156 class TemplateArgument; 157 class TemplateArgumentList; 158 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 159 class TemplateDecl; 160 class TemplateParameterList; 161 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 162 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 163 class Token; 164 class TypeAliasDecl; 165 class TypedefDecl; 166 class TypedefNameDecl; 167 class TypeLoc; 168 class UnqualifiedId; 169 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 170 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 171 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 172 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 173 class UsingDecl; 174 class UsingShadowDecl; 175 class ValueDecl; 176 class VarDecl; 177 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 178 class VisibilityAttr; 179 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 180 class IndirectFieldDecl; 181 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 182 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 183 184namespace sema { 185 class AccessedEntity; 186 class BlockScopeInfo; 187 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 188 class CapturingScopeInfo; 189 class CompoundScopeInfo; 190 class DelayedDiagnostic; 191 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 192 class FunctionScopeInfo; 193 class LambdaScopeInfo; 194 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 195 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 196} 197 198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 201 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 202 203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 204class Sema { 205 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 206 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 207 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 208 209 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 210 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 211 212 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 213 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 214 215 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 216 217 static bool 218 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 219 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 220 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 221 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 222 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 223 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 224 // with internal linkage. 225 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 226 } 227 228public: 229 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 230 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 231 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 232 233 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 234 FPOptions FPFeatures; 235 236 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 237 Preprocessor &PP; 238 ASTContext &Context; 239 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 240 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 241 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 242 243 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 244 bool CollectStats; 245 246 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 247 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 248 249 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 250 DeclContext *CurContext; 251 252 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 253 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 254 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 255 256 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 257 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 258 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 259 260 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 261 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 262 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 263 264 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 265 266 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 267 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 268 269 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 270 /// 271 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 272 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 273 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 274 275 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 276 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 277 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 278 279 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 280 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 281 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 282 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 283 284 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 285 286 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 287 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 288 /// 289 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 290 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 291 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 292 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 293 294 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 295 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 296 ExtVectorDeclsType; 297 298 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 299 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 300 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 301 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 302 303 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 304 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 305 306 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 307 308 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 309 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 310 311 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 312 313 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 314 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 315 /// same list more than once. 316 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 317 318 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 319 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 320 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 321 322 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 323 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 324 /// 325 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 326 /// scopes, e.g., 327 /// 328 /// \code 329 /// extern "C" void f() { 330 /// void foo(int, int); 331 /// } 332 /// \endcode 333 /// 334 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 335 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 336 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 337 /// 338 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 339 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 340 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 341 /// for compatibility. 342 /// 343 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 344 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 345 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 346 /// not visible. 347 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 348 349 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 350 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 351 352 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 354 TentativeDefinitionsType; 355 356 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 357 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 358 359 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 360 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 361 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 362 363 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 364 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 365 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 366 367 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 368 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 369 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 370 371 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 372 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 373 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 374 375 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 376 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 377 /// exception spec. 378 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 379 380 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 381 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 382 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 383 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 384 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 385 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 386 387 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 388 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 389 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 390 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 391 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 392 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 393 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 394 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 395 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 396 397 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *> 398 LateParsedTemplateMapT; 399 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; 400 401 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 402 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); 403 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 404 void *OpaqueParser; 405 406 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 407 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 408 OpaqueParser = P; 409 } 410 411 class DelayedDiagnostics; 412 413 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 414 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 415 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 416 }; 417 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 418 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 419 420 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 421 /// during parsing and other processing. 422 class DelayedDiagnostics { 423 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 424 /// diagnostics should go. 425 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 426 427 public: 428 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 429 430 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 431 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 432 433 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 434 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 435 436 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 437 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 438 return CurPool; 439 } 440 441 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 442 /// collected in this pool. 443 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 444 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 445 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 446 CurPool = &pool; 447 return state; 448 } 449 450 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 451 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 452 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 453 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 454 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 455 } 456 457 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 458 /// not delayed. 459 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 460 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 461 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 462 CurPool = 0; 463 return state; 464 } 465 466 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 467 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 468 assert(CurPool == NULL); 469 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 470 } 471 } DelayedDiagnostics; 472 473 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 474 class ContextRAII { 475 private: 476 Sema &S; 477 DeclContext *SavedContext; 478 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 479 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 480 481 public: 482 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 483 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 484 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 485 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 486 { 487 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 488 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 489 } 490 491 void pop() { 492 if (!SavedContext) return; 493 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 494 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 495 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 496 SavedContext = 0; 497 } 498 499 ~ContextRAII() { 500 pop(); 501 } 502 }; 503 504 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 505 /// a function body. 506 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 507 Sema &S; 508 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 509 510 public: 511 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 512 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 513 { 514 S.PushFunctionScope(); 515 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 516 } 517 518 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 519 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 520 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 521 } 522 }; 523 524 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 525 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 526 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 527 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 528 529 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 530 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 531 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 532 /// in the currently selected standard. 533 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 534 535 536 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 537 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 538 539 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 540 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 541 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 542 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 543 /// It would be best to refactor this. 544 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 545 546 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 547 548 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 549 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 550 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 551 Scope *TUScope; 552 553 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 554 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 555 556 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 557 /// standard library. 558 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 559 560 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 561 /// \<initializer_list>. 562 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 563 564 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 565 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 566 567 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 568 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 569 570 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 571 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 572 573 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 574 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 575 576 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 577 QualType NSNumberPointer; 578 579 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 580 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 581 582 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 583 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 584 585 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 586 QualType NSStringPointer; 587 588 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 589 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 590 591 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 592 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 593 594 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 595 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 596 597 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 598 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 599 600 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 601 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 602 603 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 604 QualType QIDNSCopying; 605 606 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 607 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 608 609 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 610 /// have been declared. 611 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 612 613 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 614 /// references to fields. This is really a 615 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 616 617 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 618 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 619 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 620 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 621 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 622 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 623 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 624 /// run time. 625 Unevaluated, 626 627 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 628 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 629 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 630 UnevaluatedAbstract, 631 632 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 633 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 634 /// cases in a switch statment). 635 ConstantEvaluated, 636 637 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 638 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 639 /// expression at run time. 640 PotentiallyEvaluated, 641 642 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 643 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 644 /// in fact the current expression is used. 645 /// 646 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 647 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 648 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 649 /// until the default argument is used. 650 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 651 }; 652 653 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 654 /// expression evaluation contexts. 655 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 656 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 657 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 658 659 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 661 662 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 663 bool IsDecltype; 664 665 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 666 /// this expression evaluation context. 667 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 668 669 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 670 671 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 672 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 673 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 674 675 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 676 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 677 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 678 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 679 680 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 681 /// and block literals within this context. 682 /// 683 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 684 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 685 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 686 687 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 688 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 689 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 690 691 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 692 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 693 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 694 695 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 696 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 697 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 698 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 699 bool IsDecltype) 700 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 701 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 702 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 703 704 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 705 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 706 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); 707 708 bool isUnevaluated() const { 709 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 710 } 711 }; 712 713 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 714 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 715 716 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 717 /// block literal. 718 /// 719 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 720 /// block literal. 721 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 722 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 723 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 724 const DeclContext *DC, 725 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 726 727 728 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 729 /// function. 730 /// 731 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 732 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 733 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 734 public: 735 enum Kind { 736 NoMemberOrDeleted, 737 Ambiguous, 738 Success 739 }; 740 741 private: 742 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 743 744 public: 745 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 746 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 747 {} 748 749 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 750 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 751 752 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 753 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 754 }; 755 756 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 757 /// for C++ records. 758 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 759 760 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 761 /// 762 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 763 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 764 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 765 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 766 /// checks. 767 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 768 769 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 770 771 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 772 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 773 774 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 775 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 776 777 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 778 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 779 /// 780 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 781 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 782 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 783 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 784 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 785 786 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 787 // argument locations. 788 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 789 790 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 791 /// definition in this translation unit. 792 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 793 794 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 795 void getUndefinedButUsed( 796 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 797 798 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 799 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 800 801 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 802 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 803 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 804 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 805 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 806 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 807 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 808 809 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 810 /// of -Wselector. 811 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 812 813 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 814 enum CXXSpecialMember { 815 CXXDefaultConstructor, 816 CXXCopyConstructor, 817 CXXMoveConstructor, 818 CXXCopyAssignment, 819 CXXMoveAssignment, 820 CXXDestructor, 821 CXXInvalid 822 }; 823 824 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 825 826 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 827 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 828 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 829 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 830 831 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 832 833 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 834 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 835 836 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 837 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 838 /// should not be used elsewhere. 839 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 840 841 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 842 /// statements. 843 class FPContractStateRAII { 844 public: 845 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 846 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 847 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 848 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 849 } 850 private: 851 Sema& S; 852 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 853 }; 854 855 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 856 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 857 858public: 859 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 860 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 861 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 862 ~Sema(); 863 864 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 865 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 866 void Initialize(); 867 868 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 869 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 870 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 871 872 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 873 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 874 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 875 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 876 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 877 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 878 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 879 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 880 881 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 882 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 883 /// 884 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 885 /// 886 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 887 888 void PrintStats() const; 889 890 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 891 /// template instantiation stacks. 892 /// 893 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 894 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 895 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 896 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 897 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 898 /// well. 899 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 900 Sema &SemaRef; 901 unsigned DiagID; 902 903 public: 904 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 905 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 906 907 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 908 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 909 if (!isActive()) return; 910 911 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 912 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 913 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 914 // 915 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 916 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 917 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 918 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 919 // eliminate that code. 920 FlushCounts(); 921 Clear(); 922 923 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 924 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 925 } 926 927 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 928 template<typename T> 929 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 930 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 931 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 932 BaseDiag << Value; 933 return Diag; 934 } 935 }; 936 937 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 938 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 939 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 940 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 941 } 942 943 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 944 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 945 946 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 947 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 948 949 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 950 951 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 952 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 953 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 954 955 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 956 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 957 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 958 959 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 960 961 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 962 963 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 964 965 void PushFunctionScope(); 966 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 967 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 968 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 969 RecordDecl *RD, 970 CapturedRegionKind K); 971 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 972 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 973 974 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 975 return FunctionScopes.back(); 976 } 977 978 template <typename ExprT> 979 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 980 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 981 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 982 } 983 984 void PushCompoundScope(); 985 void PopCompoundScope(); 986 987 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 988 989 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 990 991 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 992 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 993 994 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 995 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 996 997 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 998 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 999 1000 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1001 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1002 1003 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1004 1005 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1006 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1007 // 1008 1009 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1010 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1011 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1012 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1013 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1014 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1015 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1016 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1017 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1018 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1019 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1020 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1021 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1022 1023 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1024 1025 /// \brief Build a function type. 1026 /// 1027 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1028 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1029 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1030 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1031 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1032 /// 1033 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1034 /// 1035 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1036 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1037 /// function parameters. 1038 /// 1039 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1040 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1041 /// type that will have function type. 1042 /// 1043 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1044 /// type, if known. 1045 /// 1046 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1047 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1048 /// 1049 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1050 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1051 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1052 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1053 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1054 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1055 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1056 1057 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1058 SourceLocation Loc, 1059 DeclarationName Entity); 1060 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1061 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1062 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1063 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1064 1065 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1066 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1067 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1068 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1069 1070 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1071 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1072 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1073 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1074 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1075 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1076 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1077 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1078 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1079 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1080 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1081 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1082 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1083 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1084 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1085 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1086 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1087 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1088 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1089 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1090 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1091 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1092 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1093 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1094 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1095 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1096 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1097 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1098 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1099 1100 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1101 1102 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1103 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1104 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1105 1106 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1107 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1108 bool Suppressed; 1109 1110 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1111 1112 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1113 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1114 }; 1115 1116 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1117 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1118 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1119 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1120 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1121 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1122 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1123 return II; 1124 } 1125 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1126 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1127 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1128 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1129 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1130 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1131 1132 template<typename T1> 1133 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1134 unsigned DiagID; 1135 const T1 &Arg1; 1136 1137 public: 1138 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1139 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1140 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1141 if (Suppressed) return; 1142 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1143 } 1144 1145 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1146 }; 1147 1148 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1149 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1150 unsigned DiagID; 1151 const T1 &Arg1; 1152 const T2 &Arg2; 1153 1154 public: 1155 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1156 const T2 &Arg2) 1157 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1158 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1159 1160 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1161 if (Suppressed) return; 1162 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1163 } 1164 1165 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1166 }; 1167 1168 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1169 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1170 unsigned DiagID; 1171 const T1 &Arg1; 1172 const T2 &Arg2; 1173 const T3 &Arg3; 1174 1175 public: 1176 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1177 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1178 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1179 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1180 1181 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1182 if (Suppressed) return; 1183 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1184 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1185 } 1186 1187 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1188 }; 1189 1190private: 1191 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1192 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1193public: 1194 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1195 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1196 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1197 unsigned DiagID); 1198 1199 template<typename T1> 1200 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1201 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1202 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1203 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1204 } 1205 1206 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1207 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1208 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1209 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1210 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1211 } 1212 1213 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1214 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1215 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1216 const T3 &Arg3) { 1217 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1218 Arg3); 1219 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1220 } 1221 1222 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1223 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1224 1225 template<typename T1> 1226 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1227 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1228 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1229 } 1230 1231 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1232 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1233 const T2 &Arg2) { 1234 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1235 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1236 } 1237 1238 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1239 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1240 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1241 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1242 Arg3); 1243 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1244 } 1245 1246 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1247 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1248 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1249 1250 template<typename T1> 1251 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1252 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1253 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1254 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1255 } 1256 1257 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1258 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1259 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1260 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1261 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1262 } 1263 1264 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1265 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1266 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1267 const T3 &Arg3) { 1268 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1269 Arg3); 1270 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1271 } 1272 1273 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1274 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1275 1276 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1277 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1278 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1279 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1280 SourceLocation Loc); 1281 1282 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1283 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1284 // 1285 1286 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1287 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1288 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1289 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1290 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1291 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1292 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1293 /// such as: 1294 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1295 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1296 1297 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1298 1299 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1300 1301 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1302 1303 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1304 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1305 bool isClassName = false, 1306 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1307 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1308 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1309 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1310 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1311 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1312 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1313 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1314 SourceLocation IILoc, 1315 Scope *S, 1316 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1317 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1318 1319 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1320 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1321 enum NameClassificationKind { 1322 NC_Unknown, 1323 NC_Error, 1324 NC_Keyword, 1325 NC_Type, 1326 NC_Expression, 1327 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1328 NC_TypeTemplate, 1329 NC_VarTemplate, 1330 NC_FunctionTemplate 1331 }; 1332 1333 class NameClassification { 1334 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1335 ExprResult Expr; 1336 TemplateName Template; 1337 ParsedType Type; 1338 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1339 1340 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1341 1342 public: 1343 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1344 1345 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1346 1347 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1348 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1349 1350 static NameClassification Error() { 1351 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1352 } 1353 1354 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1355 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1356 } 1357 1358 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1359 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1360 } 1361 1362 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1363 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1364 Result.Template = Name; 1365 return Result; 1366 } 1367 1368 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1369 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1370 Result.Template = Name; 1371 return Result; 1372 } 1373 1374 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1375 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1376 Result.Template = Name; 1377 return Result; 1378 } 1379 1380 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1381 1382 ParsedType getType() const { 1383 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1384 return Type; 1385 } 1386 1387 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1388 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1389 return Expr; 1390 } 1391 1392 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1393 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1394 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1395 return Template; 1396 } 1397 1398 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1399 switch (Kind) { 1400 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1401 return TNK_Type_template; 1402 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1403 return TNK_Function_template; 1404 case NC_VarTemplate: 1405 return TNK_Var_template; 1406 default: 1407 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification."); 1408 } 1409 } 1410 }; 1411 1412 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1413 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1414 /// 1415 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1416 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1417 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1418 /// 1419 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1420 /// 1421 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1422 /// 1423 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1424 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1425 /// 1426 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1427 /// 1428 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1429 /// disambiguate the name. 1430 /// 1431 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1432 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1433 /// expression. 1434 /// 1435 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1436 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1437 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1438 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1439 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1440 const Token &NextToken, 1441 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1442 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1443 1444 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1445 1446 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1447 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1448 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1449 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1450 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1451 DeclarationName Name, 1452 SourceLocation Loc); 1453 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1454 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1455 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1456 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1457 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1458 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1459 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1460 LookupResult &Previous); 1461 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1462 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1463 bool HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 1464 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1465 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1466 LookupResult &Previous, 1467 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1468 bool &AddToScope); 1469 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1470 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1471 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1472 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1473 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1474 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1475 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1476 1477 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1478 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1479 LookupResult &Previous, 1480 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1481 bool &AddToScope); 1482 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1483 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1484 1485 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1486 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1487 1488 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1489 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1490 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1491 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1492 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1493 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1494 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1495 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1496 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1497 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1498 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); 1499 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1500 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1501 SourceLocation Loc, 1502 QualType T); 1503 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1504 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1505 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1506 StorageClass SC); 1507 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1508 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1509 Expr *defarg); 1510 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1511 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1512 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1513 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1514 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1515 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1516 1517 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1518 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1519 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1520 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1521 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1522 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1523 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1524 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1525 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1526 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1527 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1528 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1529 1530 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1531 /// documentation comments. 1532 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1533 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1534 1535 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1536 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1537 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1538 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1539 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1540 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1541 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1542 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1543 } 1544 1545 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1546 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1547 /// code for that function. 1548 /// 1549 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1550 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1551 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1552 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1553 1554 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1555 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1556 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1557 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1558 1559 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1560 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1561 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1562 1563 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1564 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1565 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1566 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1567 1568 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1569 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1570 /// specified threshold. 1571 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1572 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1573 QualType ReturnTy, 1574 NamedDecl *D); 1575 1576 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1577 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1578 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1579 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1580 1581 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1582 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1583 AttributeList *AttrList, 1584 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1585 1586 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1587 /// 1588 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1589 /// 1590 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1591 /// 1592 /// \param Path The module access path. 1593 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1594 ModuleIdPath Path); 1595 1596 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1597 /// source location. 1598 /// 1599 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1600 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1601 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1602 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1603 1604 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1605 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1606 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1607 } 1608 1609 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1610 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1611 const Preprocessor &PP); 1612 1613 /// Scope actions. 1614 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1615 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1616 1617 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1618 DeclSpec &DS); 1619 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1620 DeclSpec &DS, 1621 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1622 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1623 1624 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1625 AccessSpecifier AS, 1626 RecordDecl *Record); 1627 1628 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1629 RecordDecl *Record); 1630 1631 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1632 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1633 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1634 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1635 1636 enum TagUseKind { 1637 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1638 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1639 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1640 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1641 }; 1642 1643 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1644 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1645 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1646 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1647 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1648 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1649 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1650 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1651 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1652 1653 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1654 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1655 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1656 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1657 AttributeList *Attr, 1658 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1659 1660 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1661 unsigned TagSpec, 1662 TagUseKind TUK, 1663 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1664 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1665 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1666 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1667 1668 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1669 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1670 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1671 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1672 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1673 1674 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1675 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1676 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1677 AccessSpecifier AS); 1678 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1679 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1680 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1681 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1682 AccessSpecifier AS, 1683 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1684 1685 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1686 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1687 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1688 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1689 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1690 SourceLocation TSSL, 1691 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1692 Declarator *D = 0); 1693 1694 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1695 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1696 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1697 bool Diagnose = false); 1698 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1699 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1700 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1701 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1702 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1703 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1704 1705 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1706 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1707 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1708 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1709 AttributeList *AttrList); 1710 1711 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1712 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1713 /// struct, or union). 1714 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1715 1716 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1717 1718 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1719 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1720 /// member declarations. 1721 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1722 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1723 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1724 1725 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1726 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1727 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1728 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1729 1730 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1731 1732 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1733 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1734 /// 1735 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1736 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1737 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1738 1739 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1740 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1741 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1742 1743 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1744 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1745 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1746 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1747 Expr *val); 1748 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1749 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1750 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1751 1752 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1753 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1754 AttributeList *Attrs, 1755 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1756 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1757 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1758 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1759 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1760 1761 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1762 1763 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1764 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1765 void PopDeclContext(); 1766 1767 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1768 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1769 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1770 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1771 1772 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1773 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1774 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1775 1776 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1777 1778 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1779 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1780 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1781 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1782 1783 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1784 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1785 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1786 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1787 1788 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1789 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1790 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1791 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1792 1793 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1794 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1795 1796 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1797 /// top level scope. 1798 /// 1799 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1800 /// 1801 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1802 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1803 1804 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1805 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1806 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1807 /// 1808 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1809 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1810 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1811 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1812 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1813 1814 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1815 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1816 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1817 1818 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1819 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1820 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1821 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1822 1823 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1824 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1825 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1826 VersionTuple Introduced, 1827 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1828 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1829 bool IsUnavailable, 1830 StringRef Message, 1831 bool Override, 1832 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1833 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1834 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1835 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1836 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1837 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1838 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1839 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1840 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1841 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1842 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1843 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1844 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, 1845 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1846 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1847 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1848 1849 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1850 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1851 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1852 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1853 AMK_None, 1854 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1855 /// an exact match. 1856 AMK_Redeclaration, 1857 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1858 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1859 AMK_Override 1860 }; 1861 1862 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1863 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1864 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1865 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S, 1866 bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1867 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1868 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1869 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1870 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); 1871 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1872 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1873 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1874 1875 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1876 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1877 enum AssignmentAction { 1878 AA_Assigning, 1879 AA_Passing, 1880 AA_Returning, 1881 AA_Converting, 1882 AA_Initializing, 1883 AA_Sending, 1884 AA_Casting, 1885 AA_Passing_CFAudited 1886 }; 1887 1888 /// C++ Overloading. 1889 enum OverloadKind { 1890 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1891 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1892 Ovl_Overload, 1893 1894 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1895 /// an existing declaration. 1896 Ovl_Match, 1897 1898 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1899 /// non-function. 1900 Ovl_NonFunction 1901 }; 1902 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1903 FunctionDecl *New, 1904 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1905 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1906 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1907 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1908 1909 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1910 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1911 /// 1912 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1913 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1914 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1915 1916 ImplicitConversionSequence 1917 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1918 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1919 bool AllowExplicit, 1920 bool InOverloadResolution, 1921 bool CStyle, 1922 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1923 1924 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1925 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1926 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1927 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1928 bool InOverloadResolution, 1929 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1930 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1931 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1932 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1933 QualType &ConvertedType); 1934 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1935 QualType& ConvertedType); 1936 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1937 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1938 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1939 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1940 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1941 1942 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1943 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1944 CastKind &Kind, 1945 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1946 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1947 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1948 bool InOverloadResolution, 1949 QualType &ConvertedType); 1950 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1951 CastKind &Kind, 1952 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1953 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1954 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1955 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1956 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1957 QualType &ResultTy); 1958 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1959 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1960 1961 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1962 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1963 QualType ResultType, 1964 Expr *Value, 1965 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1966 1967 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1968 ExprResult Init); 1969 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1970 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1971 ExprResult Init, 1972 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1973 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1974 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1975 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1976 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1977 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1978 1979 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1980 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1981 1982 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1983 enum CCEKind { 1984 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1985 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1986 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1987 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1988 }; 1989 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1990 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1991 1992 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1993 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1994 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1995 public: 1996 bool Suppress; 1997 bool SuppressConversion; 1998 1999 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 2000 bool SuppressConversion = false) 2001 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 2002 2003 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 2004 /// for this conversion. 2005 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2006 2007 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2008 /// integral or enumeration type. 2009 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2010 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2011 2012 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2013 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2014 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2015 2016 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2017 /// is explicit. 2018 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2019 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2020 2021 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2022 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2023 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2024 2025 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2026 /// functions. 2027 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2028 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2029 2030 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2031 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2032 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2033 2034 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2035 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2036 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2037 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2038 2039 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2040 }; 2041 2042 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2043 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2044 2045 public: 2046 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2047 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2048 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2049 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2050 2051 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2052 bool match(QualType T); 2053 2054 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2055 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2056 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2057 } 2058 2059 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2060 /// integral or enumeration type. 2061 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2062 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2063 }; 2064 2065 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2066 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2067 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2068 2069 2070 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2071 OS_Array, 2072 OS_Dictionary, 2073 OS_Error 2074 }; 2075 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2076 2077 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2078 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2079 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2080 LK_Array, 2081 LK_Dictionary, 2082 LK_Numeric, 2083 LK_Boxed, 2084 LK_String, 2085 LK_Block, 2086 LK_None 2087 }; 2088 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2089 2090 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2091 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2092 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2093 NamedDecl *Member); 2094 2095 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2096 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2097 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2098 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2099 2100 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2101 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2102 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2103 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2104 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2105 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2106 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2107 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2108 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2109 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2110 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2111 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2112 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2113 QualType ObjectType, 2114 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2115 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2116 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2117 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2118 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2119 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2120 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2121 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2122 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2123 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2124 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2125 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2126 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2127 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2128 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2129 QualType ObjectType, 2130 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2131 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2132 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2133 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2134 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2135 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2136 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2137 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2138 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2139 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2140 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2141 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2142 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2143 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2144 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2145 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2146 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2147 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2148 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2149 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2150 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2151 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2152 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2153 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2154 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2155 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2156 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2157 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2158 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2159 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2160 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2161 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2162 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2163 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2164 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2165 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2166 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2167 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2168 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2169 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2170 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2171 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2172 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2173 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2174 2175 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2176 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2177 2178 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2179 // identified by the expression Expr 2180 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2181 2182 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2183 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2184 // R (A) --> R(A) 2185 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2186 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2187 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2188 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2189 2190 FunctionDecl * 2191 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2192 QualType TargetType, 2193 bool Complain, 2194 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2195 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2196 2197 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2198 bool Complain = false, 2199 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2200 2201 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2202 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2203 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2204 bool Complain = false, 2205 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2206 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2207 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2208 2209 2210 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2211 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2212 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2213 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2214 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2215 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2216 2217 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2218 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2219 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2220 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2221 2222 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2223 // range-based for loop. 2224 enum ForRangeStatus { 2225 FRS_Success, 2226 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2227 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2228 }; 2229 2230 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2231 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2232 enum BeginEndFunction { 2233 BEF_begin, 2234 BEF_end 2235 }; 2236 2237 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2238 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2239 VarDecl *Decl, 2240 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2241 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2242 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2243 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2244 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2245 2246 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2247 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2248 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2249 MultiExprArg Args, 2250 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2251 Expr *ExecConfig, 2252 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2253 2254 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2255 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2256 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2257 ExprResult *Result); 2258 2259 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2260 unsigned Opc, 2261 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2262 Expr *input); 2263 2264 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2265 unsigned Opc, 2266 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2267 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2268 2269 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2270 SourceLocation RLoc, 2271 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2272 2273 ExprResult 2274 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2275 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2276 MultiExprArg Args, 2277 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2278 ExprResult 2279 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2280 MultiExprArg Args, 2281 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2282 2283 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2284 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2285 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0); 2286 2287 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2288 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2289 /// that best represents the call. 2290 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2291 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2292 2293 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2294 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2295 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2296 bool CheckParameterNames); 2297 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2298 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2299 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2300 2301 /// \name Name lookup 2302 /// 2303 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2304 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2305 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2306 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2307 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2308 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2309 /// 2310 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2311 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2312 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2313 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2314 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2315 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2316 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2317 /// 2318 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2319 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2320 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2321 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2322 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2323 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2324 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2325 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2326 //@{ 2327 2328 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2329 enum LookupNameKind { 2330 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2331 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2332 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2333 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2334 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2335 /// structs, and unions. 2336 LookupTagName, 2337 /// Label name lookup. 2338 LookupLabel, 2339 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2340 /// class/struct/union members. 2341 LookupMemberName, 2342 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2343 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2344 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2345 LookupOperatorName, 2346 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2347 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2348 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2349 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2350 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2351 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2352 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2353 LookupNamespaceName, 2354 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2355 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2356 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2357 LookupUsingDeclName, 2358 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2359 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2360 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2361 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2362 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2363 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look 2364 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. 2365 LookupLocalFriendName, 2366 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2367 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2368 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2369 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2370 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2371 LookupAnyName 2372 }; 2373 2374 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2375 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2376 enum RedeclarationKind { 2377 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2378 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2379 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2380 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2381 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2382 ForRedeclaration 2383 }; 2384 2385 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2386 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2387 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2388 LOLR_Error, 2389 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2390 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2391 LOLR_Cooked, 2392 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2393 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2394 LOLR_Raw, 2395 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2396 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2397 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2398 LOLR_Template 2399 }; 2400 2401 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2402 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2403 bool ConstArg, 2404 bool VolatileArg, 2405 bool RValueThis, 2406 bool ConstThis, 2407 bool VolatileThis); 2408 2409private: 2410 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2411 2412 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2413 // 2414 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2415 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2416 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2417 2418 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2419 /// source. 2420 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2421 2422public: 2423 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2424 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2425 /// 2426 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2427 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2428 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2429 SourceLocation Loc, 2430 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2431 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2432 = NotForRedeclaration); 2433 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2434 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2435 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2436 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2437 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2438 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2439 bool EnteringContext = false); 2440 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2441 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2442 = NotForRedeclaration); 2443 2444 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2445 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2446 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2447 2448 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2449 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2450 2451 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2452 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2453 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2454 unsigned Quals); 2455 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2456 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2457 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2458 unsigned Quals); 2459 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2460 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2461 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2462 2463 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2464 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2465 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2466 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2467 2468 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2469 SourceLocation Loc, 2470 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2471 ADLResult &Functions); 2472 2473 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2474 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2475 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2476 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2477 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2478 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2479 2480 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2481 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2482 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2483 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2484 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2485 bool EnteringContext = false, 2486 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2487 2488 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2489 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2490 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2491 2492 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2493 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2494 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, 2495 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2496 2497 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2498 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2499 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2500 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2501 2502 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2503 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2504 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2505 2506 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2507 //@} 2508 2509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2510 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2511 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2512 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2513 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2514 SourceLocation Loc); 2515 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2516 Scope *S); 2517 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2518 2519 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2520 2521 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2522 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2523 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); 2524 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2525 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2526 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2527 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2528 2529 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2530 2531 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2532 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2533 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2534 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2535 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2536 2537 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it 2538 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from 2539 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. 2540 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T); 2541 2542 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. 2543 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. 2544 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; 2545 2546 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2547 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2548 SourceRange Range); 2549 2550 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2551 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2552 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2553 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2554 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2555 2556 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2557 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2558 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2559 2560 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2561 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2562 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2563 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2564 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2565 2566 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2567 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2568 2569 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2570 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2571 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2572 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2573 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2574 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2575 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2576 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2577 2578 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2579 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2580 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2581 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2582 SourceLocation Loc); 2583 2584 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2585 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2586 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2587 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2588 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2589 2590 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2591 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2592 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2593 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2594 2595 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2596 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2597 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2598 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2599 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2600 2601 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2602 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2603 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2604 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2605 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2606 2607 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2608 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2609 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2610 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2611 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2612 2613 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2614 /// class extensions. 2615 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2616 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2617 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2618 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2619 Selector GetterSel, 2620 Selector SetterSel, 2621 const bool isAssign, 2622 const bool isReadWrite, 2623 const unsigned Attributes, 2624 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2625 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2626 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2627 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2628 2629 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2630 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2631 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2632 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2633 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2634 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2635 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2636 Selector GetterSel, 2637 Selector SetterSel, 2638 const bool isAssign, 2639 const bool isReadWrite, 2640 const unsigned Attributes, 2641 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2642 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2643 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2644 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2645 2646 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2647 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2648 /// setter or getter. 2649 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2650 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2651 2652 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2653 2654 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2655 2656 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2657 MMS_loose, 2658 MMS_strict 2659 }; 2660 2661 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2662 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2663 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2664 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2665 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2666 2667 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2668 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2669 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2670 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2671 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2672 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2673 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2674 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2675 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2676 bool ImmediateClass, 2677 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2678 2679 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2680 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2681 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2682 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2683 2684 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2685 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2686 2687private: 2688 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2689 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2690 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2691 2692 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2693 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2694 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2695 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2696 bool warn, bool instance); 2697 2698public: 2699 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2700 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2701 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2702 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2703 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2704 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2705 } 2706 2707 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2708 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2709 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2710 } 2711 2712 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2713 /// pool. 2714 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2715 2716 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2717 /// there are multiple signatures. 2718 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2719 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2720 bool warn=true) { 2721 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2722 warn, /*instance*/true); 2723 } 2724 2725 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2726 /// there are multiple signatures. 2727 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2728 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2729 bool warn=true) { 2730 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2731 warn, /*instance*/false); 2732 } 2733 2734 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2735 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2736 2737 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2738 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2739 /// have mismathched types. 2740 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2741 2742 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2743 /// implementation. 2744 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2745 2746 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2747 /// initialization. 2748 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2749 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2750 2751 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2752 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2753public: 2754 class FullExprArg { 2755 public: 2756 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2757 2758 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2759 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2760 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2761 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2762 2763 ExprResult release() { 2764 return E; 2765 } 2766 2767 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2768 2769 Expr *operator->() { 2770 return E; 2771 } 2772 2773 private: 2774 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2775 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2776 friend class Sema; 2777 2778 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2779 2780 Expr *E; 2781 }; 2782 2783 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2784 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2785 } 2786 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2787 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2788 } 2789 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2790 ExprResult FE = 2791 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2792 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2793 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2794 } 2795 2796 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2797 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2798 2799 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2800 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2801 2802 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2803 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2804 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2805 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); 2806 2807 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2808 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2809 public: 2810 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2811 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2812 } 2813 2814 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2815 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2816 } 2817 2818 private: 2819 Sema &S; 2820 }; 2821 2822 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2823 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2824 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2825 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2826 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2827 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2828 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2829 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2830 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2831 2832 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2833 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2834 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2835 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2836 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2837 2838 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2839 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2840 Stmt *SubStmt); 2841 2842 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2843 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2844 Stmt *ThenVal, 2845 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2846 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2847 Expr *Cond, 2848 Decl *CondVar); 2849 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2850 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2851 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2852 FullExprArg Cond, 2853 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2854 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2855 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2856 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2857 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2858 2859 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2860 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2861 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2862 Decl *SecondVar, 2863 FullExprArg Third, 2864 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2865 Stmt *Body); 2866 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2867 Expr *collection); 2868 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2869 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2870 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2871 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2872 2873 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2874 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2875 BFRK_Build, 2876 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2877 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2878 BFRK_Rebuild, 2879 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2880 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2881 BFRK_Check 2882 }; 2883 2884 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2885 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2886 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2887 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2888 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2889 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2890 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2891 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2892 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2893 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2894 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2895 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2896 2897 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2898 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2899 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2900 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2901 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2902 Expr *DestExp); 2903 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2904 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2905 2906 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2907 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2908 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2909 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2910 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2911 SourceLocation Loc, 2912 unsigned NumParams); 2913 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2914 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2915 2916 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2917 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2918 2919 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2920 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2921 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2922 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2923 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2924 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2925 2926 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2927 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2928 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2929 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2930 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2931 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2932 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2933 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2934 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2935 StringRef AsmString, 2936 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2937 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2938 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2939 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2940 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2941 2942 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2943 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2944 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2945 bool Invalid = false); 2946 2947 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2948 2949 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2950 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2951 2952 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2953 2954 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2955 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2956 2957 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2958 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2959 Scope *CurScope); 2960 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2961 Expr *operand); 2962 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2963 Expr *SynchExpr, 2964 Stmt *SynchBody); 2965 2966 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2967 2968 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2969 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2970 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2971 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2972 2973 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2974 2975 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2976 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2977 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2978 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); 2979 2980 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2981 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2982 Stmt *Handler); 2983 2984 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2985 Expr *FilterExpr, 2986 Stmt *Block); 2987 2988 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2989 Stmt *Block); 2990 2991 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2992 2993 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2994 2995 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2996 /// of it. 2997 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2998 2999 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 3000 /// whose result is unused, warn. 3001 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 3002 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 3003 3004 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 3005 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 3006 /// 3007 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 3008 /// if (condition); 3009 /// do_stuff(); 3010 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3011 const Stmt *Body, 3012 unsigned DiagID); 3013 3014 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 3015 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 3016 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 3017 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 3018 3019 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3020 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3021 } 3022 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3023 3024 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 3025 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3026 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3027 } 3028 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3029 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3030 } 3031 3032 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3033 3034 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3035 SourceLocation Loc, 3036 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3037 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 3038 3039 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 3040 3041 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3042 StringRef message); 3043 3044 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3045 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3046 3047 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3048 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3049 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3050 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3051 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3052 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3053 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3054 SourceLocation Loc); 3055 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3056 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3057 3058 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3059 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3060 bool IsDecltype = false); 3061 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3062 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3063 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3064 bool IsDecltype = false); 3065 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3066 3067 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3068 3069 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3070 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3071 3072 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3073 3074 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3075 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3076 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3077 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3078 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3079 // named expressions. 3080 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3081 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3082 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3083 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3084 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3085 3086 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3087 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3088 3089 enum TryCaptureKind { 3090 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3091 }; 3092 3093 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3094 /// 3095 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3096 /// 3097 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3098 /// 3099 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3100 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3101 /// 3102 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3103 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3104 /// 3105 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3106 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3107 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3108 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3109 /// 3110 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3111 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3112 /// variable can be captured. 3113 /// 3114 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3115 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3116 /// captured. 3117 /// 3118 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3119 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3120 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3121 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3122 QualType &CaptureType, 3123 QualType &DeclRefType); 3124 3125 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3126 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3127 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3128 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3129 3130 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3131 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3132 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3133 3134 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3135 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3136 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3137 3138 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3139 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3140 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3141 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3142 bool ForceComplain = false, 3143 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3144 3145 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3146 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3147 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3148 3149 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3150 /// evaluation context. 3151 /// 3152 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3153 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3154 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3155 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3156 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3157 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3158 3159 // Primary Expressions. 3160 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3161 3162 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3163 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3164 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3165 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3166 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3167 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3168 3169 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3170 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3171 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3172 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3173 3174 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3175 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3176 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3177 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3178 3179 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3180 IdentifierInfo *II, 3181 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3182 3183 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3184 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3185 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3186 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3187 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3188 3189 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3190 ExprValueKind VK, 3191 SourceLocation Loc, 3192 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3193 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3194 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3195 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, 3196 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3197 ExprResult 3198 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3199 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3200 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3201 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3202 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3203 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3204 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3205 3206 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3207 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3208 LookupResult &R, 3209 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3210 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3211 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3212 LookupResult &R, 3213 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3214 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3215 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3216 const LookupResult &R, 3217 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3218 3219 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3220 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3221 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3222 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3223 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3224 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3225 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3226 3227 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3228 LookupResult &R, 3229 bool NeedsADL); 3230 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3231 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3232 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3233 3234 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3235 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3236 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3237 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3238 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3239 3240 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, 3241 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); 3242 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3243 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3244 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3245 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3246 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3247 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3248 SourceLocation R, 3249 MultiExprArg Val); 3250 3251 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3252 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3253 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3254 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3255 3256 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3257 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3258 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3259 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3260 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3261 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3262 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3263 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3264 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3265 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3266 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3267 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3268 3269 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3270 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3271 Expr *InputExpr); 3272 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3273 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3274 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3275 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3276 3277 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3278 3279 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3280 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3281 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3282 SourceRange R); 3283 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3284 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3285 ExprResult 3286 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3287 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3288 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3289 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3290 3291 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3292 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3293 3294 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3295 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3296 SourceRange ExprRange, 3297 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3298 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3299 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3300 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3301 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3302 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3303 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3304 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3305 3306 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3307 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3308 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3309 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3310 3311 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3312 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3313 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3314 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3315 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3316 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3317 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3318 3319 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3320 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3321 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3322 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3323 // defines a custom operator->). 3324 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3325 Scope *S; 3326 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3327 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3328 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3329 }; 3330 3331 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3332 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3333 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3334 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3335 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3336 LookupResult &R, 3337 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3338 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3339 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3340 3341 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3342 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3343 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3344 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3345 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3346 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3347 3348 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3349 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3350 const LookupResult &R); 3351 3352 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3353 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3354 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3355 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3356 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3357 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3358 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3359 3360 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3361 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3362 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3363 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3364 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3365 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3366 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3367 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3368 3369 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3370 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3371 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3372 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3373 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3374 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3375 bool ExecConfig = false); 3376 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3377 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3378 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3379 3380 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3381 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3382 /// locations. 3383 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3384 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3385 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3386 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3387 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3388 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3389 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3390 Expr *Config = 0, 3391 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3392 3393 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3394 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3395 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3396 3397 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3398 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3399 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3400 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3401 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3402 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3403 Expr *Op); 3404 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3405 3406 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3407 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3408 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3410 3411 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3412 3413 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3414 ParsedType Ty, 3415 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3416 Expr *InitExpr); 3417 3418 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3419 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3420 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3421 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3422 3423 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3424 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3425 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3426 3427 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3428 SourceLocation Loc, 3429 bool GNUSyntax, 3430 ExprResult Init); 3431 3432 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3433 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3434 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3435 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3436 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3437 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3438 3439 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3440 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3441 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3442 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3443 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3444 3445 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3446 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3447 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3448 3449 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3450 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3451 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3452 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3453 3454 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3455 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3456 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3457 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3458 union { 3459 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3460 Expr *E; 3461 } U; 3462 }; 3463 3464 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3465 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3466 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3467 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3468 unsigned NumComponents, 3469 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3470 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3471 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3472 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3473 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3474 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3475 unsigned NumComponents, 3476 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3477 3478 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3479 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3480 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3481 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3482 3483 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3484 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3485 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3486 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3487 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3488 3489 // __null 3490 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3491 3492 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3493 3494 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3495 enum IfExistsResult { 3496 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3497 IER_Exists, 3498 3499 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3500 IER_DoesNotExist, 3501 3502 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3503 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3504 IER_Dependent, 3505 3506 /// \brief An error occurred. 3507 IER_Error 3508 }; 3509 3510 IfExistsResult 3511 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3512 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3513 3514 IfExistsResult 3515 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3516 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3517 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3518 3519 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3520 bool IsIfExists, 3521 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3522 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3523 Stmt *Nested); 3524 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3525 bool IsIfExists, 3526 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3527 Stmt *Nested); 3528 3529 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3530 3531 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3532 /// started. 3533 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3534 3535 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3536 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3537 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3538 Scope *CurScope); 3539 3540 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3541 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3542 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3543 3544 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3545 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3546 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3547 Scope *CurScope); 3548 3549 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3550 3551 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3552 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3553 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3554 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3555 3556 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3557 3558 // Act on C++ namespaces 3559 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3560 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3561 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3562 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3563 SourceLocation LBrace, 3564 AttributeList *AttrList); 3565 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3566 3567 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3568 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3569 3570 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3571 3572 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3573 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3574 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3575 3576 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3577 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3578 /// 3579 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3580 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3581 3582 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3583 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3584 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3585 3586 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3587 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3588 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3589 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3590 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3591 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3592 AttributeList *AttrList); 3593 3594 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3595 3596 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3597 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3598 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3599 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3600 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3601 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3602 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3603 3604 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3605 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3606 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3607 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3608 NamedDecl *Target); 3609 3610 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3611 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3612 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3613 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3614 const LookupResult &Previous); 3615 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3616 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3617 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3618 3619 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3620 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3621 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3622 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3623 AttributeList *AttrList, 3624 bool IsInstantiation, 3625 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3626 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3627 3628 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3629 3630 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3631 AccessSpecifier AS, 3632 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3633 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3634 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3635 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3636 AttributeList *AttrList, 3637 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3638 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3639 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3640 AccessSpecifier AS, 3641 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3642 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3643 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3644 AttributeList *AttrList, 3645 TypeResult Type); 3646 3647 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3648 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3649 /// 3650 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3651 ExprResult 3652 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3653 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3654 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3655 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3656 SourceRange ParenRange); 3657 3658 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3659 // the constructor can be elidable? 3660 ExprResult 3661 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3662 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3663 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3664 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3665 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3666 3667 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3668 /// the default expr if needed. 3669 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3670 FunctionDecl *FD, 3671 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3672 3673 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3674 /// constructed variable. 3675 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3676 3677 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3678 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3679 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3680 // Pointer to allow copying 3681 Sema *Self; 3682 // We order exception specifications thus: 3683 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3684 // throw() comes next. 3685 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3686 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3687 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3688 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3689 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3690 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3691 3692 void ClearExceptions() { 3693 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3694 Exceptions.clear(); 3695 } 3696 3697 public: 3698 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3699 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3700 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3701 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3702 } 3703 3704 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3705 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3706 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3707 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3708 return ComputedEST; 3709 } 3710 3711 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3712 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3713 3714 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3715 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3716 3717 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3718 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3719 3720 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3721 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3722 3723 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3724 /// computed exception specification. 3725 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3726 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3727 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3728 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3729 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3730 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3731 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3732 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3733 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3734 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3735 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3736 tok::kw_false).take(); 3737 } 3738 } 3739 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3740 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3741 getEPI(EPI); 3742 return EPI; 3743 } 3744 }; 3745 3746 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3747 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3748 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3749 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3750 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3751 3752 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3753 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3754 /// will be const. 3755 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3756 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3757 3758 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3759 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3760 /// parameter will be const. 3761 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3762 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3763 3764 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3765 /// constructor of a class will have. 3766 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3767 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3768 3769 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3770 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3771 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3772 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3773 3774 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3775 /// destructor of a class will have. 3776 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3777 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3778 3779 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3780 /// constructor of a class will have. 3781 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3782 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3783 3784 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3785 /// special member function. 3786 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3787 3788 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3789 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3790 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3791 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3792 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3793 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3794 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3795 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3796 3797 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3798 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3799 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3800 bool Diagnose = false); 3801 3802 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3803 /// 3804 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3805 /// default constructor will be added. 3806 /// 3807 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3808 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3809 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3810 3811 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3812 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3813 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3814 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3815 3816 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3817 /// 3818 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3819 /// destructor will be added. 3820 /// 3821 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3822 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3823 3824 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3825 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3826 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3827 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3828 3829 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3830 /// 3831 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3832 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3833 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3834 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3835 3836 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3837 /// 3838 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3839 /// constructors will be added. 3840 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3841 3842 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3843 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3844 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3845 3846 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3847 /// 3848 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3849 /// copy constructor will be added. 3850 /// 3851 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3852 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3853 3854 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3855 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3856 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3857 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3858 3859 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3860 /// 3861 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3862 /// move constructor will be added. 3863 /// 3864 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3865 /// declared. 3866 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3867 3868 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3869 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3870 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3871 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3872 3873 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3874 /// 3875 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3876 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3877 /// 3878 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3879 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3880 3881 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3882 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3883 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3884 3885 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3886 /// 3887 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3888 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3889 /// 3890 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3891 /// wasn't declared. 3892 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3893 3894 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3895 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3896 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3897 3898 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3899 /// class. 3900 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3901 3902 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3903 /// special member function. 3904 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3905 3906 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3907 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3908 /// 3909 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3910 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3911 3912 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3913 /// member function. 3914 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3915 3916 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3917 /// static member function. 3918 /// 3919 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3920 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3921 3922 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3923 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3924 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3925 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3926 3927 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3928 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3929 SourceLocation Loc, 3930 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3931 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3932 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3933 3934 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3935 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3936 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3937 3938 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3939 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3940 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3941 ParsedType ObjectType, 3942 bool EnteringContext); 3943 3944 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3945 3946 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3947 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3948 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3949 3950 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3951 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3952 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3953 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3954 Declarator &D, 3955 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3956 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3957 Expr *E, 3958 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3959 3960 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3961 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3962 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3963 Expr *E, 3964 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3965 SourceRange Parens); 3966 3967 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3968 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3969 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3970 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3971 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3972 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3973 Expr *Operand, 3974 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3975 3976 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3977 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3978 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3979 void *TyOrExpr, 3980 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3981 3982 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3983 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3984 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3985 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3986 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3987 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3988 Expr *Operand, 3989 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3990 3991 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3992 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3993 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3994 void *TyOrExpr, 3995 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3996 3997 3998 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3999 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 4000 4001 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 4002 /// 4003 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 4004 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 4005 4006 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 4007 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 4008 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 4009 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 4010 4011 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 4012 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 4013 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 4014 Sema &S; 4015 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 4016 bool Enabled; 4017 4018 public: 4019 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 4020 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 4021 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4022 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4023 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4024 bool Enabled = true); 4025 4026 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4027 }; 4028 4029 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4030 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4031 /// 4032 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4033 /// 4034 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4035 /// capture list. 4036 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 4037 4038 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4039 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4040 /// being defined. 4041 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4042 4043 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4044 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4045 4046 4047 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4048 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4049 4050 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4051 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4052 4053 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4054 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4055 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4056 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4057 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4058 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4059 4060 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4061 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4062 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4063 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4064 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4065 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4066 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4067 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4068 4069 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4070 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4071 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4072 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4073 4074 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4075 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4076 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4077 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4078 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4079 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4080 Expr *Initializer); 4081 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4082 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4083 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4084 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4085 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4086 QualType AllocType, 4087 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4088 Expr *ArraySize, 4089 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4090 Expr *Initializer, 4091 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4092 4093 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4094 SourceRange R); 4095 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4096 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4097 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4098 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4099 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4100 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4101 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4102 DeclContext *Ctx, 4103 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4104 bool Diagnose = true); 4105 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4106 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4107 QualType Argument, 4108 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4109 4110 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4111 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4112 bool Diagnose = true); 4113 4114 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4115 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4116 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4117 Expr *Operand); 4118 4119 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4120 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4121 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4122 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4123 4124 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4125 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4126 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4127 SourceLocation RParen); 4128 4129 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4130 /// pseudo-functions. 4131 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4132 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4133 ParsedType Ty, 4134 SourceLocation RParen); 4135 4136 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4137 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4138 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4139 SourceLocation RParen); 4140 4141 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4142 /// pseudo-functions. 4143 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4144 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4145 ParsedType LhsTy, 4146 ParsedType RhsTy, 4147 SourceLocation RParen); 4148 4149 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4150 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4151 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4152 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4153 SourceLocation RParen); 4154 4155 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4156 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4157 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4158 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4159 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4160 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4161 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4162 4163 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4164 /// pseudo-functions. 4165 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4166 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4167 ParsedType LhsTy, 4168 Expr *DimExpr, 4169 SourceLocation RParen); 4170 4171 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4172 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4173 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4174 Expr *DimExpr, 4175 SourceLocation RParen); 4176 4177 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4178 /// pseudo-functions. 4179 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4180 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4181 Expr *Queried, 4182 SourceLocation RParen); 4183 4184 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4185 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4186 Expr *Queried, 4187 SourceLocation RParen); 4188 4189 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4190 Expr *Base, 4191 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4192 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4193 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4194 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4195 4196 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4197 4198 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4199 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4200 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4201 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4202 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4203 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4204 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4205 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4206 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4207 4208 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4209 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4210 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4211 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4212 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4213 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4214 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4215 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4216 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4217 4218 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4219 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4220 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4221 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4222 const DeclSpec& DS, 4223 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4224 4225 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4226 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4227 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4228 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4229 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4230 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4231 4232 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4233 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4234 : SourceLocation()); 4235 } 4236 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4237 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4238 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4239 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4240 4241 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4242 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4243 4244 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4245 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4246 bool EnteringContext = false); 4247 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4248 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4249 4250 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4251 /// 4252 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4253 /// 4254 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4255 /// 4256 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4257 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4258 /// 4259 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4260 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4261 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4262 4263 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4264 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4265 4266 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4267 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4268 IdentifierInfo &II, 4269 ParsedType ObjectType); 4270 4271 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4272 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4273 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4274 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4275 QualType ObjectType, 4276 bool EnteringContext, 4277 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4278 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4279 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4280 4281 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4282 /// 4283 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4284 /// 4285 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4286 /// 4287 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4288 /// 4289 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4290 /// 4291 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4292 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4293 /// 4294 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4295 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4296 /// 4297 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4298 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4299 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4300 /// including this new type). 4301 /// 4302 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4303 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4304 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4305 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4306 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4307 ParsedType ObjectType, 4308 bool EnteringContext, 4309 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4310 4311 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4312 4313 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4314 const DeclSpec &DS, 4315 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4316 4317 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4318 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4319 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4320 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4321 ParsedType ObjectType, 4322 bool EnteringContext); 4323 4324 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4325 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4326 /// 4327 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4328 /// 4329 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4330 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4331 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4332 /// including this new type). 4333 /// 4334 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4335 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4336 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4337 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4338 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4339 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4340 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4341 /// 4342 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4343 /// nested-name-specifier. 4344 /// 4345 /// 4346 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4347 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4348 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4349 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4350 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4351 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4352 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4353 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4354 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4355 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4356 bool EnteringContext); 4357 4358 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4359 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4360 /// nested-name-specifier. 4361 /// 4362 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4363 /// 4364 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4365 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4366 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4367 4368 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4369 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4370 /// 4371 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4372 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4373 /// 4374 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4375 /// 4376 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4377 /// of the annotation pointer. 4378 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4379 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4380 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4381 4382 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4383 4384 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4385 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4386 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4387 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4388 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4389 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4390 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4391 4392 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4393 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4394 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4395 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4396 /// defining scope. 4397 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4398 4399 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4400 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4401 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4402 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4403 /// class X. 4404 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4405 4406 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4407 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4408 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4409 4410 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4411 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4412 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4413 bool KnownDependent); 4414 4415 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4416 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4417 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4418 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4419 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4420 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4421 4422 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4423 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4424 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4425 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4426 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, 4427 bool ExplicitParams, 4428 bool ExplicitResultType, 4429 bool Mutable); 4430 4431 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4432 /// initializer. 4433 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4434 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4435 4436 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4437 /// given lambda. 4438 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4439 4440 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4441 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4442 4443 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4444 /// statements present in the body. 4445 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4446 4447 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4448 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4449 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4450 /// lambda. 4451 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4452 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4453 4454 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4455 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4456 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4457 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4458 4459 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4460 /// was successfully completed. 4461 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4462 Scope *CurScope, 4463 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4464 4465 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4466 /// function pointer. 4467 /// 4468 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4469 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4470 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4471 /// block pointer conversion. 4472 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4473 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4474 4475 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4476 /// block pointer. 4477 /// 4478 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4479 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4480 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4481 /// block pointer conversion. 4482 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4483 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4484 4485 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4486 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4487 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4488 Expr *Src); 4489 4490 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4491 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4492 Expr **Strings, 4493 unsigned NumStrings); 4494 4495 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4496 4497 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4498 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4499 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4500 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4501 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4502 bool Value); 4503 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4504 4505 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4506 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4507 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4508 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4509 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4510 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4511 4512 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4513 Expr *IndexExpr, 4514 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4515 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4516 4517 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4518 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4519 unsigned NumElements); 4520 4521 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4522 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4523 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4524 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4525 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4526 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4527 4528 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4529 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4530 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4531 ParsedType Ty, 4532 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4533 4534 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4535 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4536 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4537 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4538 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4539 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4540 4541 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4542 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4543 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4544 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4545 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4546 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4547 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4548 4549 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4550 // C++ Declarations 4551 // 4552 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4553 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4554 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4555 StringRef Lang, 4556 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4557 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4558 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4559 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4560 4561 4562 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4563 // C++ Classes 4564 // 4565 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4566 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4567 4568 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4569 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4570 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4571 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4572 4573 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4574 Declarator &D, 4575 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4576 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4577 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4578 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4579 Expr *Init); 4580 4581 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4582 Scope *S, 4583 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4584 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4585 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4586 const DeclSpec &DS, 4587 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4588 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4589 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4590 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4591 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4592 4593 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4594 Scope *S, 4595 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4596 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4597 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4598 const DeclSpec &DS, 4599 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4600 Expr *InitList, 4601 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4602 4603 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4604 Scope *S, 4605 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4606 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4607 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4608 const DeclSpec &DS, 4609 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4610 Expr *Init, 4611 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4612 4613 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4614 Expr *Init, 4615 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4616 4617 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4618 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4619 Expr *Init, 4620 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4621 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4622 4623 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4624 Expr *Init, 4625 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4626 4627 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4628 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4629 4630 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4631 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4632 4633 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4634 4635 4636 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4637 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4638 /// referenced. 4639 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4640 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4641 4642 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4643 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4644 /// first use occurred. 4645 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4646 4647 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4648 /// materialized. 4649 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4650 4651 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4652 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4653 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4654 /// by code generation). 4655 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4656 4657 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4658 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4659 4660 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4661 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4662 DynamicClassesType; 4663 4664 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4665 /// unit. 4666 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4667 4668 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4669 /// given location. 4670 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4671 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4672 4673 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4674 /// in the given class as needed. 4675 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4676 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4677 4678 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4679 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4680 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4681 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4682 4683 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4684 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4685 /// vtables. 4686 /// 4687 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4688 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4689 4690 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4691 4692 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4693 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4694 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4695 bool AnyErrors); 4696 4697 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4698 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4699 Decl *TagDecl, 4700 SourceLocation LBrac, 4701 SourceLocation RBrac, 4702 AttributeList *AttrList); 4703 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4704 4705 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4706 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4707 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4708 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4709 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4710 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4711 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4712 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4713 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, 4714 CachedTokens &Toks); 4715 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); 4716 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4717 4718 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4719 Expr *AssertExpr, 4720 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4721 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4722 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4723 Expr *AssertExpr, 4724 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4725 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4726 bool Failed); 4727 4728 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4729 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4730 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4731 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4732 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4733 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4734 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4735 4736 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4737 StorageClass& SC); 4738 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4739 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4740 StorageClass& SC); 4741 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4742 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4743 StorageClass& SC); 4744 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4745 4746 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4747 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4748 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4749 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4750 4751 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4752 // C++ Derived Classes 4753 // 4754 4755 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4756 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4757 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4758 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4759 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4760 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4761 4762 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4763 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4764 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4765 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4766 ParsedType basetype, 4767 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4768 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4769 4770 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4771 unsigned NumBases); 4772 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4773 unsigned NumBases); 4774 4775 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4776 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4777 4778 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4779 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4780 4781 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4782 4783 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4784 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4785 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4786 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4787 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4788 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4789 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4790 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4791 DeclarationName Name, 4792 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4793 4794 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4795 4796 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4797 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4798 4799 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4800 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4801 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4802 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4803 4804 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4805 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4806 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4807 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4808 4809 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4810 4811 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4812 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); 4813 4814 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4815 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4816 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4817 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4818 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4819 4820 4821 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4822 // C++ Access Control 4823 // 4824 4825 enum AccessResult { 4826 AR_accessible, 4827 AR_inaccessible, 4828 AR_dependent, 4829 AR_delayed 4830 }; 4831 4832 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4833 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4834 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4835 4836 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4837 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4838 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4839 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4840 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4841 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4842 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4843 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4844 bool Diagnose = true); 4845 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4846 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4847 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4848 AccessSpecifier Access, 4849 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4850 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4851 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4852 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4853 AccessSpecifier Access, 4854 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4855 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4856 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4857 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4858 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4859 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4860 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4861 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4862 NamedDecl *D); 4863 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4864 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4865 Expr *ArgExpr, 4866 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4867 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4868 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4869 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4870 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4871 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4872 unsigned DiagID, 4873 bool ForceCheck = false, 4874 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4875 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4876 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4877 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4878 AccessSpecifier access, 4879 QualType objectType); 4880 4881 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4882 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4883 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4884 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4885 4886 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4887 4888 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4889 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4890 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4891 4892 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4893 AbstractNone = -1, 4894 AbstractReturnType, 4895 AbstractParamType, 4896 AbstractVariableType, 4897 AbstractFieldType, 4898 AbstractIvarType, 4899 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4900 AbstractArrayType 4901 }; 4902 4903 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4904 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4905 template<typename T1> 4906 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4907 unsigned DiagID, 4908 const T1 &Arg1) { 4909 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4910 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4911 } 4912 4913 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4914 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4915 unsigned DiagID, 4916 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4917 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4918 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4919 } 4920 4921 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4922 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4923 unsigned DiagID, 4924 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4925 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4926 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4927 } 4928 4929 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4930 4931 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4932 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4933 4934 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4935 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4936 // 4937 4938 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4939 4940 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4941 4942 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4943 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4944 // 4945 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4946 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4947 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4948 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4949 4950 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4951 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4952 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4953 4954 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4955 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4956 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4957 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4958 ParsedType ObjectType, 4959 bool EnteringContext, 4960 TemplateTy &Template, 4961 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4962 4963 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4964 SourceLocation IILoc, 4965 Scope *S, 4966 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4967 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4968 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4969 4970 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4971 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4972 4973 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4974 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4975 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4976 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4977 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4978 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4979 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4980 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4981 4982 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4983 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4984 unsigned Depth, 4985 unsigned Position, 4986 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4987 Expr *DefaultArg); 4988 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4989 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4990 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4991 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4992 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4993 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4994 unsigned Depth, 4995 unsigned Position, 4996 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4997 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4998 4999 TemplateParameterList * 5000 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 5001 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 5002 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5003 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5004 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5005 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5006 5007 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 5008 enum TemplateParamListContext { 5009 TPC_ClassTemplate, 5010 TPC_VarTemplate, 5011 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 5012 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 5013 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 5014 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 5015 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 5016 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 5017 }; 5018 5019 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 5020 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 5021 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 5022 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5023 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 5024 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5025 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5026 5027 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5028 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5029 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5030 AttributeList *Attr, 5031 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5032 AccessSpecifier AS, 5033 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5034 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5035 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 5036 5037 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5038 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5039 5040 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5041 5042 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5043 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5044 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5045 5046 TypeResult 5047 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5048 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5049 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5050 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5051 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5052 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5053 5054 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5055 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5056 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5057 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5058 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5059 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5060 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5061 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5062 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5063 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5064 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5065 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5066 5067 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5068 Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5069 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5070 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5071 5072 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5073 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5074 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5075 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5076 5077 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5078 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5079 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5080 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5081 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5082 5083 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5084 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5085 LookupResult &R, 5086 bool RequiresADL, 5087 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5088 5089 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5090 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5091 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5092 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5093 5094 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5095 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5096 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5097 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5098 ParsedType ObjectType, 5099 bool EnteringContext, 5100 TemplateTy &Template); 5101 5102 DeclResult 5103 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5104 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5105 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5106 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5107 TemplateTy Template, 5108 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5109 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5110 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5111 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5112 AttributeList *Attr, 5113 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5114 5115 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5116 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5117 Declarator &D); 5118 5119 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5120 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5121 Declarator &D); 5122 5123 bool 5124 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5125 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5126 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5127 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5128 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5129 bool &SuppressNew); 5130 5131 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5132 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5133 LookupResult &Previous); 5134 5135 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5136 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5137 LookupResult &Previous); 5138 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5139 5140 DeclResult 5141 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5142 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5143 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5144 unsigned TagSpec, 5145 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5146 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5147 TemplateTy Template, 5148 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5149 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5150 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5151 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5152 AttributeList *Attr); 5153 5154 DeclResult 5155 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5156 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5157 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5158 unsigned TagSpec, 5159 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5160 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5161 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5162 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5163 AttributeList *Attr); 5164 5165 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5166 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5167 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5168 Declarator &D); 5169 5170 TemplateArgumentLoc 5171 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5172 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5173 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5174 Decl *Param, 5175 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5176 &Converted, 5177 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5178 5179 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5180 /// argument is being checked. 5181 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5182 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5183 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5184 CTAK_Specified, 5185 5186 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5187 /// deduction. 5188 CTAK_Deduced, 5189 5190 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5191 /// via template argument deduction. 5192 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5193 }; 5194 5195 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5196 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5197 NamedDecl *Template, 5198 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5199 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5200 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5201 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5202 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5203 5204 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5205 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5206 /// 5207 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5208 /// provided. 5209 /// 5210 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5211 /// 5212 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5213 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5214 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5215 /// arguments. 5216 /// 5217 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5218 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5219 /// set of template arguments. 5220 /// 5221 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5222 /// arguments. 5223 /// 5224 /// 5225 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5226 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5227 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5228 /// 5229 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5230 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5231 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5232 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5233 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5234 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5235 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5236 5237 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5238 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5239 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5240 5241 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5242 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5243 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5244 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5245 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5246 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5247 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5248 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5249 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5250 5251 ExprResult 5252 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5253 QualType ParamType, 5254 SourceLocation Loc); 5255 ExprResult 5256 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5257 SourceLocation Loc); 5258 5259 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5260 /// for equality. 5261 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5262 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5263 /// that might be redeclarations. 5264 /// 5265 /// \code 5266 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5267 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5268 /// \endcode 5269 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5270 5271 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5272 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5273 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5274 /// 5275 /// \code 5276 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5277 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5278 /// \endcode 5279 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5280 5281 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5282 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5283 /// template parameter. 5284 /// 5285 /// \code 5286 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5287 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5288 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5289 /// \endcode 5290 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5291 }; 5292 5293 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5294 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5295 bool Complain, 5296 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5297 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5298 = SourceLocation()); 5299 5300 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5301 5302 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5303 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5304 /// 5305 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5306 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5307 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5308 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5309 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5310 TypeResult 5311 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5312 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5313 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5314 5315 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5316 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5317 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5318 /// 5319 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5320 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5321 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5322 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5323 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5324 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5325 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5326 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5327 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5328 TypeResult 5329 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5330 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5331 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5332 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5333 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5334 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5335 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5336 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5337 5338 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5339 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5340 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5341 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5342 SourceLocation IILoc); 5343 5344 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5345 SourceLocation Loc, 5346 DeclarationName Name); 5347 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5348 5349 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5350 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5351 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5352 5353 std::string 5354 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5355 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5356 5357 std::string 5358 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5359 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5360 unsigned NumArgs); 5361 5362 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5363 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5364 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5365 5366 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5367 /// being diagnosed. 5368 /// 5369 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5370 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5371 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5372 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5373 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5374 5375 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5376 UPPC_BaseType, 5377 5378 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5379 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5380 5381 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5382 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5383 5384 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5385 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5386 5387 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5388 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5389 5390 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5391 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5392 5393 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5394 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5395 5396 /// \brief A using declaration. 5397 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5398 5399 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5400 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5401 5402 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5403 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5404 5405 /// \brief An initializer. 5406 UPPC_Initializer, 5407 5408 /// \brief A default argument. 5409 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5410 5411 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5412 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5413 5414 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5415 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5416 5417 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5418 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5419 5420 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5421 UPPC_IfExists, 5422 5423 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5424 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5425 5426 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5427 UPPC_Lambda, 5428 5429 /// \brief Block expression, 5430 UPPC_Block 5431 }; 5432 5433 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5434 /// 5435 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5436 /// 5437 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5438 /// parameter packs. 5439 /// 5440 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5441 /// 5442 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5443 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5444 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5445 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5446 5447 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5448 /// diagnose the error. 5449 /// 5450 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5451 /// 5452 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5453 /// packs. 5454 /// 5455 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5456 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5457 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5458 5459 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5460 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5461 /// 5462 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5463 /// parameter packs. 5464 /// 5465 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5466 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5467 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5468 5469 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5470 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5471 /// 5472 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5473 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5474 /// 5475 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5476 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5477 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5478 5479 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5480 /// diagnose the error. 5481 /// 5482 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5483 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5484 /// 5485 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5486 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5487 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5488 5489 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5490 /// diagnose the error. 5491 /// 5492 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5493 /// 5494 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5495 /// parameter packs. 5496 /// 5497 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5498 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5499 TemplateName Template, 5500 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5501 5502 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5503 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5504 /// 5505 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5506 /// parameter packs. 5507 /// 5508 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5509 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5510 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5511 5512 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5513 /// template argument. 5514 /// 5515 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5516 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5517 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5518 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5519 5520 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5521 /// template argument. 5522 /// 5523 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5524 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5525 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5526 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5527 5528 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5529 /// type. 5530 /// 5531 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5532 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5533 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5534 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5535 5536 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5537 /// type. 5538 /// 5539 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5540 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5541 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5542 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5543 5544 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5545 /// nested-name-specifier. 5546 /// 5547 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5548 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5549 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5550 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5551 5552 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5553 /// name. 5554 /// 5555 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5556 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5557 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5558 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5559 5560 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5561 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5562 /// 5563 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5564 /// may already be invalid. 5565 /// 5566 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5567 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5568 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5569 5570 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5571 /// creates a pack expansion. 5572 /// 5573 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5574 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5575 /// 5576 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5577 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5578 5579 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5580 /// expansion. 5581 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5582 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5583 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5584 5585 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5586 /// expansion. 5587 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5588 SourceRange PatternRange, 5589 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5590 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5591 5592 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5593 /// creates a pack expansion. 5594 /// 5595 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5596 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5597 /// 5598 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5599 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5600 5601 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5602 /// creates a pack expansion. 5603 /// 5604 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5605 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5606 /// 5607 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5608 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5609 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5610 5611 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5612 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5613 /// transforming the pattern. 5614 /// 5615 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5616 /// pack expansion. 5617 /// 5618 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5619 /// the pack expansion. 5620 /// 5621 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5622 /// pattern. 5623 /// 5624 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5625 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5626 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5627 /// 5628 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5629 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5630 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5631 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5632 /// 5633 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5634 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5635 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5636 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5637 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5638 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5639 /// set this value in other cases. 5640 /// 5641 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5642 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5643 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5644 /// must be set. 5645 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5646 SourceRange PatternRange, 5647 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5648 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5649 bool &ShouldExpand, 5650 bool &RetainExpansion, 5651 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5652 5653 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5654 /// type. 5655 /// 5656 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5657 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5658 /// 5659 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5660 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5661 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5662 5663 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5664 /// parameter packs. 5665 /// 5666 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5667 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5668 /// 5669 /// \code 5670 /// void f(T...); 5671 /// \endcode 5672 /// 5673 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5674 /// a variadic function. 5675 /// 5676 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5677 /// false otherwise. 5678 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5679 5680 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5681 /// 5682 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5683 /// 5684 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5685 /// 5686 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5687 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5688 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5689 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5690 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5691 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5692 5693 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5694 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5695 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5696 5697 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5698 /// 5699 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5700 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5701 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5702 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5703 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5704 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5705 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5706 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5707 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5708 TDK_Success = 0, 5709 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5710 TDK_Invalid, 5711 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5712 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5713 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5714 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5715 /// for every template parameter. 5716 TDK_Incomplete, 5717 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5718 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5719 TDK_Inconsistent, 5720 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5721 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5722 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5723 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5724 TDK_Underqualified, 5725 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5726 /// resulted in an error. 5727 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5728 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5729 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5730 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5731 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5732 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5733 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5734 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5735 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5736 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5737 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5738 /// template arguments for the given template. 5739 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5740 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5741 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5742 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5743 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5744 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5745 }; 5746 5747 TemplateDeductionResult 5748 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5749 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5750 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5751 5752 TemplateDeductionResult 5753 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5754 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5755 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5756 5757 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 5758 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5759 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5760 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5761 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 5762 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5763 5764 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5765 // deduction for a call. 5766 struct OriginalCallArg { 5767 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5768 unsigned ArgIdx, 5769 QualType OriginalArgType) 5770 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5771 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5772 5773 QualType OriginalParamType; 5774 unsigned ArgIdx; 5775 QualType OriginalArgType; 5776 }; 5777 5778 TemplateDeductionResult 5779 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5780 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5781 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5782 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5783 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5784 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5785 5786 TemplateDeductionResult 5787 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5788 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5789 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5790 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5791 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5792 5793 TemplateDeductionResult 5794 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5795 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5796 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5797 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5798 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5799 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5800 5801 TemplateDeductionResult 5802 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5803 QualType ToType, 5804 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5805 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5806 5807 TemplateDeductionResult 5808 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5809 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5810 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5811 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5812 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5813 5814 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5815 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5816 DAR_Succeeded, 5817 DAR_Failed, 5818 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5819 }; 5820 5821 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5822 QualType &Result); 5823 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5824 QualType &Result); 5825 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5826 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5827 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5828 bool Diagnose = true); 5829 5830 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5831 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5832 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5833 5834 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5835 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5836 SourceLocation Loc, 5837 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5838 unsigned NumCallArguments1, 5839 unsigned NumCallArguments2); 5840 UnresolvedSetIterator 5841 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5842 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5843 SourceLocation Loc, 5844 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5845 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5846 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5847 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5848 5849 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5850 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5851 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5852 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5853 SourceLocation Loc); 5854 5855 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5856 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5857 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 5858 5859 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5860 bool OnlyDeduced, 5861 unsigned Depth, 5862 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5863 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5864 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5865 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5866 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5867 } 5868 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5869 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5870 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5871 5872 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5873 // C++ Template Instantiation 5874 // 5875 5876 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5877 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5878 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5879 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5880 5881 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5882 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5883 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5884 enum InstantiationKind { 5885 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5886 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5887 TemplateInstantiation, 5888 5889 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5890 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5891 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5892 /// arguments as specified. 5893 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5894 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5895 5896 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5897 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5898 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5899 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5900 5901 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5902 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5903 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5904 5905 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5906 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5907 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5908 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5909 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5910 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5911 5912 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5913 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5914 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5915 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5916 5917 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5918 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5919 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5920 5921 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5922 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5923 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5924 } Kind; 5925 5926 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5927 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5928 5929 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5930 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5931 /// arguments. 5932 NamedDecl *Template; 5933 5934 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5935 Decl *Entity; 5936 5937 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5938 /// are not part of the entity. 5939 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5940 5941 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5942 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5943 5944 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5945 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5946 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5947 5948 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5949 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5950 /// template instantiation. 5951 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5952 5953 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5954 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5955 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5956 5957 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5958 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5959 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5960 5961 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5962 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5963 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5964 return false; 5965 5966 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5967 return false; 5968 5969 switch (X.Kind) { 5970 case TemplateInstantiation: 5971 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5972 return true; 5973 5974 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5975 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5976 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5977 5978 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5979 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5980 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5981 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5982 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5983 5984 } 5985 5986 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5987 } 5988 5989 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5990 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5991 return !(X == Y); 5992 } 5993 }; 5994 5995 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5996 /// 5997 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5998 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5999 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 6000 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 6001 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 6002 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 6003 6004 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 6005 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 6006 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 6007 6008 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 6009 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 6010 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 6011 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 6012 6013 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 6014 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 6015 /// template defined within it. 6016 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 6017 6018 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 6019 /// template instantiation. 6020 /// 6021 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 6022 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 6023 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6024 6025 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6026 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6027 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6028 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6029 6030 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6031 /// error or warning was produced. 6032 /// 6033 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6034 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6035 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6036 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6037 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6038 6039 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6040 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6041 /// 6042 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6043 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6044 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6045 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6046 6047 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6048 /// within a \c Sema object. 6049 /// 6050 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6051 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6052 Sema &Self; 6053 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6054 6055 public: 6056 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6057 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6058 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6059 } 6060 6061 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6062 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6063 } 6064 }; 6065 6066 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6067 6068 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 6069 /// 6070 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 6071 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 6072 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 6073 6074 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6075 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6076 /// deduction. 6077 /// 6078 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6079 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6080 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6081 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6082 6083 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6084 /// instantiation. 6085 /// 6086 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6087 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6088 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6089 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6090 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6091 /// 6092 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6093 /// the stack. 6094 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6095 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6096 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6097 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6098 Decl *Entity, 6099 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6100 6101 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6102 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6103 /// of a function template. 6104 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6105 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6106 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6107 6108 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6109 /// template-id. 6110 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6111 TemplateDecl *Template, 6112 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6113 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6114 6115 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6116 /// template-id. 6117 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6118 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6119 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6120 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6121 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6122 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6123 6124 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6125 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6126 /// specialization. 6127 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6128 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6129 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6130 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6131 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6132 6133 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6134 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6135 /// specialization. 6136 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6137 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6138 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6139 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6140 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6141 6142 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6143 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6144 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6145 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6146 6147 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6148 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6149 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6150 NamedDecl *Template, 6151 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6152 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6153 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6154 6155 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6156 NamedDecl *Template, 6157 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6158 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6159 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6160 6161 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6162 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6163 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6164 TemplateDecl *Template, 6165 NamedDecl *Param, 6166 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6167 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6168 6169 6170 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6171 void Clear(); 6172 6173 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6174 6175 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6176 /// recursive template instantiations. 6177 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6178 6179 private: 6180 Sema &SemaRef; 6181 bool Invalid; 6182 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6183 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6184 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6185 6186 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6187 6188 InstantiatingTemplate& 6189 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6190 }; 6191 6192 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6193 6194 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6195 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6196 /// errors. 6197 /// 6198 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6199 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6200 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6201 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6202 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6203 6204 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6205 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6206 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6207 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6208 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6209 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6210 } 6211 6212 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6213 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6214 /// deduction. 6215 class SFINAETrap { 6216 Sema &SemaRef; 6217 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6218 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6219 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6220 6221 public: 6222 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6223 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6224 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6225 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6226 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6227 { 6228 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6229 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6230 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6231 } 6232 6233 ~SFINAETrap() { 6234 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6235 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6236 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6237 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6238 } 6239 6240 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6241 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6242 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6243 } 6244 }; 6245 6246 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional 6247 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so 6248 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within 6249 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. 6250 class TentativeAnalysisScope { 6251 Sema &SemaRef; 6252 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. 6253 SFINAETrap Trap; 6254 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6255 public: 6256 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) 6257 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), 6258 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { 6259 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6260 } 6261 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { 6262 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6263 } 6264 }; 6265 6266 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6267 /// variables. 6268 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6269 6270 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is 6271 /// disabled. 6272 bool DisableTypoCorrection; 6273 6274 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6275 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6276 6277 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6278 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6279 6280 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6281 /// name lookup. 6282 /// 6283 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6284 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6285 /// string represents a keyword. 6286 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6287 6288 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6289 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6290 6291 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6292 /// 6293 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6294 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6295 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6296 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6297 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6298 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6299 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6300 6301 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6302 /// but have not yet been performed. 6303 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6304 6305 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6306 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6307 /// 6308 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6309 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6310 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6311 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6312 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6313 6314 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6315 6316 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6317 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6318 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6319 6320 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6321 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6322 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6323 6324 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6325 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6326 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6327 6328 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6329 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6330 SourceLocation Loc, 6331 DeclarationName Entity, 6332 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6333 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6334 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6335 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6336 int indexAdjustment, 6337 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6338 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6339 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6340 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6341 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6342 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6343 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6344 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6345 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6346 6347 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6348 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6349 /// 6350 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6351 /// 6352 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6353 /// 6354 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6355 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6356 /// 6357 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6358 /// 6359 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6360 /// 6361 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6362 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6363 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6364 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6365 6366 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6367 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6368 6369 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6370 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6371 6372 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6373 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6374 bool CXXDirectInit); 6375 6376 bool 6377 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6378 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6379 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6380 6381 bool 6382 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6383 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6384 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6385 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6386 bool Complain = true); 6387 6388 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6389 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6390 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6391 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6392 6393 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6394 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6395 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6396 Decl *NewDecl; 6397 6398 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6399 Decl *D) 6400 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6401 { } 6402 }; 6403 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6404 6405 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6406 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6407 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6408 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6409 6410 bool 6411 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6412 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6413 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6414 bool Complain = true); 6415 6416 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6417 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6418 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6419 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6420 6421 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6422 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6423 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6424 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6425 6426 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6427 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6428 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6429 6430 DeclarationNameInfo 6431 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6432 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6433 TemplateName 6434 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6435 SourceLocation Loc, 6436 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6437 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6438 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6439 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6440 6441 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6442 FunctionDecl *Function); 6443 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6444 FunctionDecl *Function, 6445 bool Recursive = false, 6446 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6447 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 6448 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 6449 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 6450 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 6451 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 6452 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 6453 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6454 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0); 6455 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 6456 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 6457 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6458 void 6459 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 6460 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6461 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6462 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0, 6463 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); 6464 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 6465 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 6466 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6467 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6468 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 6469 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6470 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6471 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6472 VarDecl *Var, 6473 bool Recursive = false, 6474 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6475 6476 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6477 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6478 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6479 6480 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6481 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6482 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6483 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6484 6485 // Objective-C declarations. 6486 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6487 OCK_None = -1, 6488 OCK_Interface = 0, 6489 OCK_Protocol, 6490 OCK_Category, 6491 OCK_ClassExtension, 6492 OCK_Implementation, 6493 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6494 }; 6495 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6496 6497 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6498 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6499 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6500 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6501 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6502 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6503 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6504 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6505 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6506 AttributeList *AttrList); 6507 6508 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6509 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6510 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6511 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6512 6513 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6514 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6515 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6516 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6517 6518 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6519 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6520 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6521 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6522 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6523 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6524 AttributeList *AttrList); 6525 6526 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6527 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6528 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6529 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6530 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6531 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6532 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6533 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6534 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6535 6536 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6537 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6538 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6539 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6540 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6541 6542 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6543 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6544 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6545 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6546 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6547 6548 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6549 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6550 6551 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6552 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6553 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6554 unsigned NumElts); 6555 6556 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6557 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6558 unsigned NumElts, 6559 AttributeList *attrList); 6560 6561 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6562 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6563 unsigned NumProtocols, 6564 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6565 6566 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6567 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6568 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6569 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6570 SourceLocation Loc, 6571 unsigned &Attributes, 6572 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6573 6574 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6575 /// setters and getters as needed. 6576 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6577 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6578 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6579 /// in class extension. 6580 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6581 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6582 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6583 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6584 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6585 6586 6587 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6588 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6589 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6590 6591 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6592 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6593 6594 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6595 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6596 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6597 6598 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6599 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6600 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6601 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6602 bool *OverridingProperty, 6603 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6604 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6605 6606 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6607 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6608 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6609 bool ImplKind, 6610 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6611 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6612 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6613 6614 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6615 OSMK_None, 6616 OSMK_Alloc, 6617 OSMK_New, 6618 OSMK_Copy, 6619 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6620 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6621 }; 6622 6623 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6624 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6625 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6626 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6627 // in this case. 6628 ParsedType Type; 6629 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6630 6631 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6632 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6633 }; 6634 6635 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6636 Scope *S, 6637 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6638 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6639 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6640 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6641 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6642 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6643 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6644 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6645 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6646 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6647 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6648 6649 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6650 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6651 bool IsInstance); 6652 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6653 bool IsInstance); 6654 6655 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6656 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6657 6658 ExprResult 6659 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6660 Expr *BaseExpr, 6661 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6662 DeclarationName MemberName, 6663 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6664 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6665 bool Super); 6666 6667 ExprResult 6668 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6669 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6670 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6671 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6672 6673 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6674 6675 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6676 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6677 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6678 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6679 ObjCSuperMessage, 6680 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6681 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6682 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6683 /// name. 6684 ObjCClassMessage 6685 }; 6686 6687 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6688 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6689 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6690 bool IsSuper, 6691 bool HasTrailingDot, 6692 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6693 6694 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6695 Selector Sel, 6696 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6697 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6698 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6699 MultiExprArg Args); 6700 6701 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6702 QualType ReceiverType, 6703 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6704 Selector Sel, 6705 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6706 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6707 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6708 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6709 MultiExprArg Args, 6710 bool isImplicit = false); 6711 6712 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6713 bool isSuperReceiver, 6714 SourceLocation Loc, 6715 Selector Sel, 6716 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6717 MultiExprArg Args); 6718 6719 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6720 ParsedType Receiver, 6721 Selector Sel, 6722 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6723 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6724 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6725 MultiExprArg Args); 6726 6727 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6728 QualType ReceiverType, 6729 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6730 Selector Sel, 6731 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6732 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6733 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6734 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6735 MultiExprArg Args, 6736 bool isImplicit = false); 6737 6738 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6739 QualType ReceiverType, 6740 SourceLocation Loc, 6741 Selector Sel, 6742 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6743 MultiExprArg Args); 6744 6745 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6746 Expr *Receiver, 6747 Selector Sel, 6748 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6749 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6750 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6751 MultiExprArg Args); 6752 6753 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6754 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6755 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6756 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6757 Expr *SubExpr); 6758 6759 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6760 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6761 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6762 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6763 ParsedType Type, 6764 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6765 Expr *SubExpr); 6766 6767 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6768 6769 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6770 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6771 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6772 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6773 6774 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6775 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6776 RTC_Compatible, 6777 RTC_Incompatible, 6778 RTC_Unknown 6779 }; 6780 6781 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6782 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6783 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6784 6785 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6786 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6787 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6788 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6789 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6790 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6791 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6792 }; 6793 6794 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6795 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6796 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6797 6798 enum PragmaPackKind { 6799 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6800 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6801 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6802 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6803 }; 6804 6805 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6806 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6807 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6808 }; 6809 6810 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6811 PCK_Unknown, 6812 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6813 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6814 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6815 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6816 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6817 }; 6818 6819 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6820 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6821 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6822 Expr *Alignment, 6823 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6824 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6825 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6826 6827 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6828 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6829 6830 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed 6831 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6832 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6833 6834 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6835 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6836 6837 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6838 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6839 Scope *curScope, 6840 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6841 6842 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6843 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6844 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6845 6846 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6847 SourceLocation Loc); 6848 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6849 6850 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6851 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6852 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6853 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6854 6855 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6856 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6857 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6858 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6859 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6860 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6861 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6862 6863 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6864 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6865 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6866 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6867 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6868 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6869 6870 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6871 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6872 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6873 6874 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6875 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6876 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6877 6878 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6879 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6880 6881 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6882 void FreePackedContext(); 6883 6884 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6885 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6886 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6887 SourceLocation Loc); 6888 6889 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6890 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6891 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6892 6893 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6894 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6895 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6896 6897 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6898 void FreeVisContext(); 6899 6900 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6901 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6902 /// the appropriate attribute. 6903 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6904 6905 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6906 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6907 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6908 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6909 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6910 6911 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6912private: 6913 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; 6914 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. 6915 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); 6916 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); 6917public: 6918 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. 6919 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, 6920 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, 6921 Scope *CurScope); 6922 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. 6923 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); 6924 6925 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6926 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6927 /// threadprivate'. 6928 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6929 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6930 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6931 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6932 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6933 SourceLocation Loc, 6934 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6935 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6936 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6937 SourceLocation Loc, 6938 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6939 6940 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 6941 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6942 Stmt *AStmt, 6943 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6944 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6945 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 6946 /// of the associated statement. 6947 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6948 Stmt *AStmt, 6949 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6950 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6951 6952 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6953 unsigned Argument, 6954 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 6955 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6956 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6957 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6958 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 6959 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 6960 SourceLocation KindLoc, 6961 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6962 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6963 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6964 6965 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6966 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 6967 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6968 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6969 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6970 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 6971 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 6972 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6973 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6974 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6975 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. 6976 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 6977 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6978 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6979 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6980 6981 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6982 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6983 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6984 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6985 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6986 CCK_CStyleCast, 6987 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6988 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6989 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6990 CCK_OtherCast 6991 }; 6992 6993 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6994 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6995 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6996 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6997 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6998 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6999 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7000 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7001 7002 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 7003 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 7004 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 7005 7006 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 7007 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 7008 /// required. 7009 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 7010 7011 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 7012 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7013 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 7014 7015 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 7016 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7017 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 7018 7019 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 7020 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 7021 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 7022 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7023 7024 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 7025 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 7026 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 7027 // type. 7028 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7029 7030 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 7031 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 7032 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 7033 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 7034 7035 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 7036 enum VariadicCallType { 7037 VariadicFunction, 7038 VariadicBlock, 7039 VariadicMethod, 7040 VariadicConstructor, 7041 VariadicDoesNotApply 7042 }; 7043 7044 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7045 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7046 Expr *Fn); 7047 7048 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 7049 // vararg function. 7050 enum VarArgKind { 7051 VAK_Valid, 7052 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 7053 VAK_Undefined, 7054 VAK_Invalid 7055 }; 7056 7057 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 7058 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 7059 7060 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 7061 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 7062 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 7063 7064 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 7065 /// form of call prototypes. 7066 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 7067 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7068 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7069 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 7070 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 7071 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 7072 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 7073 bool AllowExplicit = false, 7074 bool IsListInitialization = false); 7075 7076 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 7077 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 7078 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 7079 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 7080 7081 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 7082 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 7083 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 7084 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 7085 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 7086 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7087 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7088 7089 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 7090 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 7091 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 7092 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 7093 /// source and destination type. 7094 enum AssignConvertType { 7095 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 7096 Compatible, 7097 7098 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 7099 /// accept as an extension. 7100 PointerToInt, 7101 7102 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 7103 /// accept as an extension. 7104 IntToPointer, 7105 7106 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 7107 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 7108 FunctionVoidPointer, 7109 7110 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 7111 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 7112 IncompatiblePointer, 7113 7114 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 7115 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 7116 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 7117 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 7118 IncompatiblePointerSign, 7119 7120 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 7121 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 7122 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7123 7124 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 7125 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 7126 /// like address spaces. 7127 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7128 7129 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 7130 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 7131 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 7132 /// extension. 7133 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 7134 7135 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 7136 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 7137 IncompatibleVectors, 7138 7139 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 7140 /// pointer. We disallow this. 7141 IntToBlockPointer, 7142 7143 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 7144 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 7145 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 7146 7147 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 7148 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 7149 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 7150 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 7151 7152 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 7153 /// object with __weak qualifier. 7154 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 7155 7156 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 7157 /// represent it in the AST. 7158 Incompatible 7159 }; 7160 7161 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7162 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7163 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7164 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7165 SourceLocation Loc, 7166 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7167 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7168 bool *Complained = 0); 7169 7170 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7171 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7172 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7173 Expr *SrcExpr); 7174 7175 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7176 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7177 /// C99 6.5.16. 7178 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7179 QualType LHSType, 7180 QualType RHSType); 7181 7182 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7183 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7184 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7185 ExprResult &RHS, 7186 CastKind &Kind); 7187 7188 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7189 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7190 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7191 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7192 ExprResult &RHS, 7193 bool Diagnose = true, 7194 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7195 7196 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7197 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7198 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7199 ExprResult &RHS); 7200 7201 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7202 7203 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7204 7205 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7206 AssignmentAction Action, 7207 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7208 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7209 AssignmentAction Action, 7210 bool AllowExplicit, 7211 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7212 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7213 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7214 AssignmentAction Action, 7215 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7216 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7217 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7218 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7219 AssignmentAction Action, 7220 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7221 7222 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7223 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7224 7225 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7226 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7227 ExprResult &RHS); 7228 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7229 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7230 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7231 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7232 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7233 bool IsDivide); 7234 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7235 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7236 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7237 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7238 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7239 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7240 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7241 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7242 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7243 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7244 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7245 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7246 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7247 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7248 bool isRelational); 7249 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7250 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7251 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7252 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7253 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7254 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7255 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7256 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7257 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7258 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7259 7260 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7261 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7262 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7263 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7264 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7265 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7266 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7267 7268 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7269 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7270 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7271 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7272 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7273 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7274 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7275 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7276 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7277 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7278 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7279 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7280 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7281 NonStandardCompositeType); 7282 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7283 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7284 return Composite; 7285 } 7286 7287 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7288 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7289 7290 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7291 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7292 7293 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7294 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7295 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7296 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7297 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7298 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7299 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7300 SourceLocation Loc); 7301 7302 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7303 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7304 7305 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7306 7307 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7308 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7309 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7310 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7311 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7312 /// reference binding is not possible. 7313 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7314 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7315 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7316 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7317 Ref_Related, 7318 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7319 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7320 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7321 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7322 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7323 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7324 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7325 Ref_Compatible 7326 }; 7327 7328 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7329 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7330 bool &DerivedToBase, 7331 bool &ObjCConversion, 7332 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7333 7334 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7335 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7336 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7337 7338 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7339 /// given type. 7340 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7341 7342 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7343 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7344 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7345 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7346 7347 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7348 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7349 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7350 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7351 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7352 CastKind &Kind); 7353 7354 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7355 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7356 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7357 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7358 // returns the cast expr 7359 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7360 CastKind &Kind); 7361 7362 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7363 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7364 Expr *CastExpr, 7365 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7366 7367 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7368 7369 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7370 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7371 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7372 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7373 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 7374 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7375 7376 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7377 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7378 7379 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7380 QualType ExprType); 7381 7382 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7383 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7384 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7385 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7386 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7387 7388 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7389 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7390 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7391 7392 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7393 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7394 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7395 7396 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7397 /// \param Method - May be null. 7398 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7399 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7400 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7401 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7402 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7403 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7404 bool isSuperMessage, 7405 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7406 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7407 7408 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7409 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7410 /// and the form of the message send. 7411 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7412 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7413 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7414 7415 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7416 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7417 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7418 7419 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7420 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7421 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7422 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7423 7424 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7425 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7426 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7427 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7428 /// 7429 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7430 /// 'if' keyword. 7431 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7432 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7433 7434 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7435 Expr *SubExpr); 7436 7437 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7438 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7439 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7440 7441 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7442 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7443 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7444 7445 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7446 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7447 7448 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7449 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7450 /// the specified diagnostic. 7451 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7452 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7453 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7454 7455 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7456 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7457 /// in the global scope. 7458 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7459 7460 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7461 /// expression violations. 7462 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7463 public: 7464 bool Suppress; 7465 7466 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7467 7468 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7469 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7470 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7471 }; 7472 7473 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7474 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7475 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7476 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7477 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7478 bool AllowFold = true); 7479 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7480 unsigned DiagID, 7481 bool AllowFold = true); 7482 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7483 7484 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7485 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7486 /// Returns false on success. 7487 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7488 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7489 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7490 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7491 7492 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7493 CFT_Device, 7494 CFT_Global, 7495 CFT_Host, 7496 CFT_HostDevice 7497 }; 7498 7499 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7500 7501 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7502 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7503 7504 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7505 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7506 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7507 } 7508 7509 /// \name Code completion 7510 //@{ 7511 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7512 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7513 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7514 PCC_Namespace, 7515 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7516 PCC_Class, 7517 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7518 /// or category. 7519 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7520 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7521 /// category implementation 7522 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7523 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7524 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7525 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7526 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7527 /// headers. 7528 PCC_Template, 7529 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7530 /// headers within a class. 7531 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7532 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7533 PCC_Expression, 7534 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7535 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7536 PCC_Statement, 7537 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7538 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7539 PCC_ForInit, 7540 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7541 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7542 PCC_Condition, 7543 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7544 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7545 /// in the grammar. 7546 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7547 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7548 PCC_Type, 7549 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7550 /// might also be a type cast. 7551 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7552 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7553 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7554 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7555 }; 7556 7557 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7558 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7559 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7560 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7561 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7562 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7563 7564 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7565 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7566 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7567 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7568 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7569 bool IsArrow); 7570 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7571 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7572 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7573 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7574 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7575 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7576 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7577 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7578 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7579 7580 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7581 bool EnteringContext); 7582 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7583 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7584 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7585 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7586 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7587 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7588 Decl *Constructor, 7589 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7590 7591 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7592 bool AfterAmpersand); 7593 7594 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7595 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7596 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7597 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7598 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7599 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7600 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7601 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7602 bool IsParameter); 7603 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7604 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7605 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7606 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7607 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7608 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7609 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7610 bool IsSuper = false); 7611 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7612 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7613 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7614 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7615 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7616 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7617 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7618 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7619 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7620 unsigned NumProtocols); 7621 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7622 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7623 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7624 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7625 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7626 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7627 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7628 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7629 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7630 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7631 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7632 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7633 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7634 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7635 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7636 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7637 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7638 ParsedType ReturnType); 7639 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7640 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7641 bool AtParameterName, 7642 ParsedType ReturnType, 7643 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7644 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7645 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7646 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7647 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7648 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7649 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7650 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7651 unsigned Argument); 7652 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7653 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7654 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7655 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7656 //@} 7657 7658 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7659 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7660 7661public: 7662 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7663 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7664 7665private: 7666 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7667 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7668 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7669 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7670 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7671 // FunctionDeclaration. 7672 struct FormatStringInfo { 7673 unsigned FormatIdx; 7674 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7675 bool HasVAListArg; 7676 }; 7677 7678 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7679 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7680 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7681 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7682 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7683 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7684 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7685 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7686 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7687 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7688 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7689 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7690 SourceLocation Loc); 7691 7692 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7693 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7694 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7695 VariadicCallType CallType); 7696 7697 7698 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7699 7700 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7701 7702 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7703 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7704 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7705 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7706 7707 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7708 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7709 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7710 7711public: 7712 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7713 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7714 7715private: 7716 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7717 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7718 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7719 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7720 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7721 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7722 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7723 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7724 7725public: 7726 enum FormatStringType { 7727 FST_Scanf, 7728 FST_Printf, 7729 FST_NSString, 7730 FST_Strftime, 7731 FST_Strfmon, 7732 FST_Kprintf, 7733 FST_Unknown 7734 }; 7735 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7736 7737 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7738 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7739 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7740 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7741 VariadicCallType CallType, 7742 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7743 7744private: 7745 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7746 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7747 bool IsCXXMember, 7748 VariadicCallType CallType, 7749 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7750 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7751 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7752 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7753 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7754 VariadicCallType CallType, 7755 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 7756 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7757 7758 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7759 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7760 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7761 7762 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7763 unsigned BId, 7764 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7765 7766 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7767 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7768 7769 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7770 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7771 7772 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7773 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7774 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7775 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7776 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7777 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7778 7779 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7780 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7781 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7782 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7783 7784 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7785 Expr *Init); 7786 7787public: 7788 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7789 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7790 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7791 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7792 7793 struct TypeTagData { 7794 TypeTagData() {} 7795 7796 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7797 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7798 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7799 {} 7800 7801 QualType Type; 7802 7803 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7804 /// layout-compatibility. 7805 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7806 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7807 }; 7808 7809 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7810 /// identifies the magic value. 7811 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7812 7813private: 7814 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7815 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7816 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7817 7818 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7819 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7820 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7821 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7822 7823 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7824 /// 7825 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7826 Scope *CurScope; 7827 7828 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7829 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7830 7831protected: 7832 friend class Parser; 7833 friend class InitializationSequence; 7834 friend class ASTReader; 7835 friend class ASTWriter; 7836 7837public: 7838 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7839 /// 7840 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7841 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7842 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7843 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7844 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7845 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7846 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7847 7848 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7849 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7850 7851 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7852 7853 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7854 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7855 } 7856 7857 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7858 7859 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7860 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7861 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7862 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7863 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7864 return DC; 7865 } 7866}; 7867 7868/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7869class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7870 Sema &Actions; 7871 7872public: 7873 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7874 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7875 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7876 bool IsDecltype = false) 7877 : Actions(Actions) { 7878 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7879 IsDecltype); 7880 } 7881 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7882 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7883 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7884 bool IsDecltype = false) 7885 : Actions(Actions) { 7886 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7887 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7888 IsDecltype); 7889 } 7890 7891 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7892 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7893 } 7894}; 7895 7896DeductionFailureInfo 7897MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 7898 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 7899 7900/// \brief Contains a late templated function. 7901/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. 7902struct LateParsedTemplate { 7903 CachedTokens Toks; 7904 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. 7905 Decl *D; 7906}; 7907 7908} // end namespace clang 7909 7910#endif 7911